Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 913:29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Renamed SymbolDeclaration to StaticStructInitDeclaration to make its usage clearer.
| author | Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de> |
|---|---|
| date | Sun, 01 Feb 2009 20:20:56 +0100 |
| parents | 177afbf5297b |
| children | 7985bb036db4 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
| 3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2008 by Digital Mars | |
| 4 // All Rights Reserved | |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
| 159 | 18 #include <math.h> |
| 19 | |
| 20 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 21 #include <assert.h> | |
| 22 #include <float.h> | |
| 23 | |
| 24 #ifdef __DMC__ | |
| 25 #include <fp.h> | |
| 26 #endif | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #else |
| 37 //#define signbit 56 | |
| 38 #endif | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if __APPLE__ | |
| 41 #include <math.h> | |
| 42 static double zero = 0; | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
43 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
44 #include <math.h> |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
45 static double zero = 0; |
| 159 | 46 #elif __GNUC__ |
| 47 #include <math.h> | |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
48 #if !(defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
| 159 | 49 #include <bits/nan.h> |
| 50 #include <bits/mathdef.h> | |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
51 #endif |
| 159 | 52 static double zero = 0; |
| 53 #endif | |
| 54 | |
| 55 #include "mem.h" | |
| 56 | |
| 57 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 58 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 59 #include "scope.h" | |
| 60 #include "init.h" | |
| 61 #include "expression.h" | |
| 62 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 63 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 64 #include "template.h" | |
| 65 #include "id.h" | |
| 66 #include "enum.h" | |
| 67 #include "import.h" | |
| 68 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 69 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 70 | |
| 71 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); | |
| 72 | |
| 73 | |
| 74 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 75 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 76 | |
| 77 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 78 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 79 | |
| 80 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 81 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 82 */ | |
| 83 | |
| 84 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
| 85 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 86 int REALSIZE = 8; | |
| 87 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 88 #elif TARGET_LINUX | |
| 89 int REALSIZE = 12; | |
| 90 int REALPAD = 2; | |
| 91 #else | |
| 92 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 93 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 94 #endif | |
| 95 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 96 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 97 | |
| 98 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 99 | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 112 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 113 | |
| 114 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 115 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 116 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 117 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 118 | |
| 119 | |
| 120 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 121 { | |
| 122 this->ty = ty; | |
| 123 this->mod = 0; | |
| 124 this->next = next; | |
| 125 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 126 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 127 this->cto = NULL; |
| 128 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 129 #endif | |
| 130 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 131 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 132 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 133 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
| 134 this->ctype = NULL; | |
| 135 } | |
| 136 | |
| 137 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 138 { | |
| 139 print(); | |
| 140 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 141 assert(0); | |
| 142 return this; | |
| 143 } | |
| 144 | |
| 145 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 146 { Type *t; | |
| 147 | |
| 148 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 149 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 150 if (this == o || | |
| 151 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 152 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 153 { | |
| 154 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 155 return 1; | |
| 156 } | |
| 157 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 158 return 0; | |
| 159 } | |
| 160 | |
| 161 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 162 { | |
| 163 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 164 } | |
| 165 | |
| 166 void Type::init() | |
| 167 { int i; | |
| 168 int j; | |
| 169 | |
| 170 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 171 | |
| 172 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 173 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 174 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 175 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 176 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 177 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 178 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 179 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 180 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 181 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 182 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 183 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 184 | |
| 185 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 187 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 198 | |
| 199 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 205 | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 210 | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
| 217 | |
| 218 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 219 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 220 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 221 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 222 } | |
| 223 | |
| 224 // Set basic types | |
| 225 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 226 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 227 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 228 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 229 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 230 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 231 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 232 | |
| 233 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 234 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 235 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 238 | |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
239 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 240 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 241 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
242 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
243 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
244 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 245 } |
| 246 else | |
| 247 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
248 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
249 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
250 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
251 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
252 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
253 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
254 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
255 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
256 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
257 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
258 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
259 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
260 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
261 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
262 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
263 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
264 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
265 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 268 } |
| 269 } | |
| 270 | |
| 271 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 272 { | |
| 273 return size(0); | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 277 { | |
| 278 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 279 return 1; | |
| 280 } | |
| 281 | |
| 282 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 283 { | |
| 284 return size(0); | |
| 285 } | |
| 286 | |
| 287 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 288 { | |
| 289 if (next) | |
| 290 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 291 return merge(); | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 if (!pto) | |
| 297 { Type *t; | |
| 298 | |
| 299 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 300 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 301 } | |
| 302 return pto; | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 | |
| 305 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 if (!rto) | |
| 308 { Type *t; | |
| 309 | |
| 310 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 311 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 312 } | |
| 313 return rto; | |
| 314 } | |
| 315 | |
| 316 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 if (!arrayof) | |
| 319 { Type *t; | |
| 320 | |
| 321 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 322 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 323 } | |
| 324 return arrayof; | |
| 325 } | |
| 326 | |
| 327 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 328 { | |
| 329 return NULL; | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 | |
| 332 /******************************* | |
| 333 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 334 * get that other type. | |
| 335 */ | |
| 336 | |
| 337 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 return this; | |
| 340 } | |
| 341 | |
| 342 /******************************** | |
| 343 * Name mangling. | |
| 344 */ | |
| 345 | |
| 346 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 349 if (next) | |
| 350 { | |
| 351 assert(next != this); | |
| 352 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
| 353 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 354 } | |
| 355 } | |
| 356 | |
| 357 /******************************** | |
| 358 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 359 */ | |
| 360 | |
| 361 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 362 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 363 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 364 | |
| 365 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 366 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 367 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 368 } | |
| 369 | |
| 370 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 371 { | |
| 372 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 373 if (ident) | |
| 374 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 375 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 376 } | |
| 377 } | |
| 378 | |
| 379 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 382 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 383 return; | |
| 384 } | |
| 385 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 386 } | |
| 387 | |
| 388 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 391 { char *p; | |
| 392 | |
| 393 switch (this->mod) | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 case 0: | |
| 396 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 397 break; | |
| 398 case MODconst: | |
| 399 p = "const("; | |
| 400 goto L1; | |
| 401 case MODinvariant: | |
| 402 p = "invariant("; | |
| 403 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 404 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 405 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 406 break; | |
| 407 default: | |
| 408 assert(0); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 } | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 | |
| 414 /************************************ | |
| 415 */ | |
| 416 | |
| 417 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 418 { Type *t; | |
| 419 | |
| 420 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 421 t = this; | |
| 422 assert(t); | |
| 423 if (!deco) | |
| 424 { | |
| 425 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 426 StringValue *sv; | |
| 427 | |
| 428 if (next) | |
| 429 next = next->merge(); | |
| 430 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 431 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); | |
| 432 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 433 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 434 assert(t->deco); | |
| 435 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 436 } | |
| 437 else | |
| 438 { | |
| 439 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
| 440 deco = sv->lstring.string; | |
| 441 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 442 } | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 return t; | |
| 445 } | |
| 446 | |
| 447 int Type::isbit() | |
| 448 { | |
| 449 return FALSE; | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 453 { | |
| 454 return FALSE; | |
| 455 } | |
| 456 | |
| 457 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 458 { | |
| 459 return FALSE; | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 | |
| 462 int Type::isreal() | |
| 463 { | |
| 464 return FALSE; | |
| 465 } | |
| 466 | |
| 467 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 468 { | |
| 469 return FALSE; | |
| 470 } | |
| 471 | |
| 472 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 473 { | |
| 474 return FALSE; | |
| 475 } | |
| 476 | |
| 477 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 478 { | |
| 479 return FALSE; | |
| 480 } | |
| 481 | |
| 482 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 483 { | |
| 484 return FALSE; | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 | |
| 487 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 488 { | |
| 489 return NULL; | |
| 490 } | |
| 491 | |
| 492 int Type::isauto() | |
| 493 { | |
| 494 return FALSE; | |
| 495 } | |
| 496 | |
| 497 int Type::isString() | |
| 498 { | |
| 499 return FALSE; | |
| 500 } | |
| 501 | |
| 502 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 503 { | |
| 504 return isscalar(); | |
| 505 } | |
| 506 | |
| 507 /********************************* | |
| 508 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 509 */ | |
| 510 | |
| 511 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 Type *t; | |
| 514 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 515 | |
| 516 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 517 { | |
| 518 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 519 if (s) | |
| 520 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 521 } | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 | |
| 524 | |
| 525 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 526 { | |
| 527 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 528 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 529 #endif | |
| 530 return NULL; | |
| 531 } | |
| 532 | |
| 533 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 534 { | |
| 535 return 0; // assume not | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 | |
| 538 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 539 { | |
| 540 return 0; // assume not | |
| 541 } | |
| 542 | |
| 543 /******************************** | |
| 544 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 545 * to type 'to'. | |
| 546 * Returns: | |
| 547 * 0 can't convert | |
| 548 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 549 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 550 */ | |
| 551 | |
| 552 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 553 { | |
| 554 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 555 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 556 if (this == to) | |
| 557 return MATCHexact; | |
| 558 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 559 // return 1; | |
| 560 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 561 } | |
| 562 | |
| 563 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 564 { Expression *e; | |
| 565 | |
| 566 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 567 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 568 #endif | |
| 569 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 570 { | |
| 571 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 572 } | |
| 573 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 574 { | |
| 575 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 576 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 577 } | |
| 578 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 579 { | |
| 580 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 581 } | |
| 582 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 583 { | |
| 584 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 585 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 586 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 589 { | |
| 590 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 591 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 592 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 593 } | |
| 594 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 595 { | |
| 596 assert(deco); | |
| 597 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 598 Scope sc; | |
| 599 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 600 } | |
| 601 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 602 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 603 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 604 Scope sc; | |
| 605 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 606 } | |
| 607 else | |
| 608 { | |
| 609 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 610 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 611 } | |
| 612 return e; | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 | |
| 615 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 616 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 617 | |
| 618 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 619 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 620 #endif | |
| 621 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 624 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 625 } | |
| 626 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 627 { | |
| 628 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 629 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 630 } | |
| 631 if (v) | |
| 632 { | |
| 633 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 634 { | |
| 635 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 636 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 637 goto Loffset; | |
| 638 } | |
| 639 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 640 { | |
| 641 Loffset: | |
| 642 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 643 { | |
| 644 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 645 return e; | |
| 646 } | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 649 { | |
| 650 #if 0 | |
| 651 if (v->init) | |
| 652 { | |
| 653 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 654 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 655 else | |
| 656 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 657 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 658 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 659 { | |
| 660 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 661 | |
| 662 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 663 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 666 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 667 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 668 { | |
| 669 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 } | |
| 672 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 673 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 674 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 return e; | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 #endif | |
| 679 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 680 return ex; | |
| 681 } | |
| 682 } | |
| 683 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 684 { | |
| 685 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 686 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 687 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 688 return e; | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 691 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 692 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 693 Scope sc; | |
| 694 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 695 return e; | |
| 696 } | |
| 697 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 | |
| 700 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 return salign; | |
| 703 } | |
| 704 | |
| 705 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 706 { | |
| 707 va_list ap; | |
| 708 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 709 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 710 va_end( ap ); | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 | |
| 713 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) | |
| 714 { | |
| 715 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 716 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 717 Identifier *id; | |
| 718 char *name; | |
| 719 int len; | |
| 720 | |
| 721 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 722 if (internal) | |
| 723 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 724 if (ty == Tarray) | |
| 725 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[next->ty]); | |
| 726 } | |
| 727 else | |
| 728 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 729 len = buf.offset; | |
| 730 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 731 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 732 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
733 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
734 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
735 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
736 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 737 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 738 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 739 return id; | |
| 740 } | |
| 741 | |
| 742 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 743 { | |
| 744 return NULL; | |
| 745 } | |
| 746 | |
| 747 | |
| 748 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 749 { | |
| 750 Type *t; | |
| 751 | |
| 752 t = semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 753 *pt = t; | |
| 754 *pe = NULL; | |
| 755 *ps = NULL; | |
| 756 } | |
| 757 | |
| 758 /******************************* | |
| 759 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 760 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 761 */ | |
| 762 | |
| 763 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 764 { | |
| 765 if (!next) | |
| 766 return NULL; | |
| 767 else | |
| 768 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 | |
| 771 /******************************** | |
| 772 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 773 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 774 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 775 */ | |
| 776 | |
| 777 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 778 { | |
| 779 return NULL; | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 | |
| 782 /*************************************** | |
| 783 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 784 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 785 */ | |
| 786 | |
| 787 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 788 { | |
| 789 return FALSE; | |
| 790 } | |
| 791 | |
| 792 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 793 | |
| 794 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 795 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
796 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
797 const char *d; |
| 159 | 798 unsigned flags; |
| 799 | |
| 800 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 801 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 802 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 803 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 804 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 805 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 806 | |
| 807 flags = 0; | |
| 808 switch (ty) | |
| 809 { | |
| 810 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 811 c = "void"; | |
| 812 break; | |
| 813 | |
| 814 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 815 c = "byte"; | |
| 816 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 817 break; | |
| 818 | |
| 819 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 820 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 821 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 822 break; | |
| 823 | |
| 824 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 825 c = "short"; | |
| 826 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 827 break; | |
| 828 | |
| 829 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 830 c = "ushort"; | |
| 831 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 832 break; | |
| 833 | |
| 834 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 835 c = "int"; | |
| 836 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 837 break; | |
| 838 | |
| 839 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 840 c = "uint"; | |
| 841 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 842 break; | |
| 843 | |
| 844 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 845 c = "float"; | |
| 846 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 847 break; | |
| 848 | |
| 849 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 850 c = "long"; | |
| 851 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 852 break; | |
| 853 | |
| 854 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 855 c = "ulong"; | |
| 856 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 857 break; | |
| 858 | |
| 859 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 860 c = "double"; | |
| 861 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 862 break; | |
| 863 | |
| 864 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 865 c = "real"; | |
| 866 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 867 break; | |
| 868 | |
| 869 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 870 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 871 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 872 break; | |
| 873 | |
| 874 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 875 c = "idouble"; | |
| 876 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 877 break; | |
| 878 | |
| 879 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 880 c = "ireal"; | |
| 881 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 882 break; | |
| 883 | |
| 884 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 885 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 886 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 887 break; | |
| 888 | |
| 889 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 890 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 891 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 892 break; | |
| 893 | |
| 894 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 895 c = "creal"; | |
| 896 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 897 break; | |
| 898 | |
| 899 | |
| 900 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 901 c = "bit"; | |
| 902 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 903 break; | |
| 904 | |
| 905 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 906 c = d; | |
| 907 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 908 break; | |
| 909 | |
| 910 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 911 c = "char"; | |
| 912 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 913 break; | |
| 914 | |
| 915 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 916 c = "wchar"; | |
| 917 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 918 break; | |
| 919 | |
| 920 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 921 c = "dchar"; | |
| 922 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 923 break; | |
| 924 | |
| 925 default: assert(0); | |
| 926 } | |
| 927 this->dstring = d; | |
| 928 this->cstring = c; | |
| 929 this->flags = flags; | |
| 930 merge(); | |
| 931 } | |
| 932 | |
| 933 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 934 { | |
| 935 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 936 return this; | |
| 937 } | |
| 938 | |
| 939 | |
| 940 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 941 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
942 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 943 } |
| 944 | |
| 945 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 946 { | |
| 947 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 948 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 949 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 950 return; | |
| 951 } | |
| 952 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 953 } | |
| 954 | |
| 955 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 956 { unsigned size; | |
| 957 | |
| 958 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 959 switch (ty) | |
| 960 { | |
| 961 case Tint8: | |
| 962 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 963 case Tint16: | |
| 964 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 965 case Tint32: | |
| 966 case Tuns32: | |
| 967 case Tfloat32: | |
| 968 case Timaginary32: | |
| 969 size = 4; break; | |
| 970 case Tint64: | |
| 971 case Tuns64: | |
| 972 case Tfloat64: | |
| 973 case Timaginary64: | |
| 974 size = 8; break; | |
| 975 case Tfloat80: | |
| 976 case Timaginary80: | |
| 977 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 978 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 979 size = 8; break; | |
| 980 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 981 size = 16; break; | |
| 982 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 983 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 984 | |
| 985 case Tvoid: | |
| 986 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 987 size = 1; | |
| 988 break; | |
| 989 | |
| 990 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 991 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 992 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 993 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 994 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 995 | |
| 996 default: | |
| 997 assert(0); | |
| 998 break; | |
| 999 } | |
| 1000 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1001 return size; | |
| 1002 } | |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
| 1005 { unsigned sz; | |
| 1006 | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1007 //LDC: it's bad that we always have to check LLVM's align and |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1008 // dmd's align info match. Can't we somehow get at LLVM's align |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1009 // here? |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1010 |
| 159 | 1011 switch (ty) |
| 1012 { | |
| 1013 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1014 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1015 case Tcomplex80: | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1016 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1017 sz = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1018 else |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1019 sz = 4; |
|
489
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1020 break; |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1021 |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1022 case Tint64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1023 case Tuns64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1024 case Tfloat64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1025 case Timaginary64: |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1026 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1027 sz = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1028 else |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1029 sz = 4; |
| 159 | 1030 break; |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 default: | |
| 1033 sz = size(0); | |
| 1034 break; | |
| 1035 } | |
| 1036 return sz; | |
| 1037 } | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1041 { | |
| 1042 Expression *e; | |
| 1043 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1044 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1045 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1046 #else | |
| 1047 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1048 #endif | |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1051 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1052 { | |
| 1053 switch (ty) | |
| 1054 { | |
| 1055 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1056 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1057 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1058 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1059 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1060 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1061 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1062 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1063 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1064 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1065 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1066 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1067 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1070 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1071 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1072 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1073 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1074 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1075 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1076 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1077 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1078 } | |
| 1079 } | |
| 1080 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1081 { | |
| 1082 switch (ty) | |
| 1083 { | |
| 1084 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1085 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1086 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1087 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1088 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1089 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1090 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1091 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1092 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1093 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1094 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1095 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1096 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1099 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1100 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1101 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1102 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1103 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1104 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1105 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1106 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1107 } | |
| 1108 } | |
| 1109 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1110 { | |
| 1111 switch (ty) | |
| 1112 { | |
| 1113 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1114 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1115 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1116 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1117 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1118 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1119 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1120 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1121 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1122 { | |
| 1123 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1124 // mode doesn't matter, will be converted in RealExp anyway | |
| 1125 fvalue = real_t::getnan(real_t::LongDouble); | |
| 1126 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1127 // gcc nan's have the sign bit set by default, so turn it off | |
| 1128 // Need the volatile to prevent gcc from doing incorrect | |
| 1129 // constant folding. | |
| 1130 volatile d_float80 foo; | |
| 1131 foo = NAN; | |
| 1132 if (signbit(foo)) // signbit sometimes, not always, set | |
| 1133 foo = -foo; // turn off sign bit | |
| 1134 fvalue = foo; | |
| 1135 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1136 unsigned long nan[2]= { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF }; | |
| 1137 fvalue = *(double*)nan; | |
| 1138 #else | |
| 1139 fvalue = NAN; | |
| 1140 #endif | |
| 1141 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1142 } | |
| 1143 } | |
| 1144 } | |
| 1145 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1146 { | |
| 1147 switch (ty) | |
| 1148 { | |
| 1149 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1150 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1151 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1152 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1153 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1154 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1155 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1156 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1157 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1158 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1159 fvalue = real_t::getinfinity(); | |
| 1160 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1161 fvalue = 1 / zero; | |
| 1162 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1163 fvalue = std::numeric_limits<long double>::infinity(); | |
| 1164 #else | |
| 1165 fvalue = INFINITY; | |
| 1166 #endif | |
| 1167 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1168 } | |
| 1169 } | |
| 1170 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1171 { | |
| 1172 switch (ty) | |
| 1173 { | |
| 1174 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1175 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1176 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1177 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1178 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1179 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1180 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1181 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1182 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1183 } | |
| 1184 } | |
| 1185 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1186 { | |
| 1187 switch (ty) | |
| 1188 { | |
| 1189 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1190 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1191 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1192 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1193 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1194 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1195 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1196 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1197 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1198 } | |
| 1199 } | |
| 1200 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1201 { | |
| 1202 switch (ty) | |
| 1203 { | |
| 1204 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1205 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1206 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1207 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1208 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1209 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1210 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1211 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1212 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1213 } | |
| 1214 } | |
| 1215 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1216 { | |
| 1217 switch (ty) | |
| 1218 { | |
| 1219 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1220 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1221 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1222 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1223 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1224 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1225 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1226 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1227 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 } | |
| 1230 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1231 { | |
| 1232 switch (ty) | |
| 1233 { | |
| 1234 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1235 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1236 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1237 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1238 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1239 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1240 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1241 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1242 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1243 } | |
| 1244 } | |
| 1245 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1246 { | |
| 1247 switch (ty) | |
| 1248 { | |
| 1249 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1250 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1251 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1252 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1253 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1254 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1255 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1256 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1257 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1258 } | |
| 1259 } | |
| 1260 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1261 { | |
| 1262 switch (ty) | |
| 1263 { | |
| 1264 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1265 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1266 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1267 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1268 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1269 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1270 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1271 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1272 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1273 } | |
| 1274 } | |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 Ldefault: | |
| 1277 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 Livalue: | |
| 1280 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1281 return e; | |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 Lfvalue: | |
| 1284 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1285 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1286 else | |
| 1287 { | |
| 1288 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1291 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1292 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1293 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1294 #else | |
| 1295 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1296 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1297 #endif | |
| 1298 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1299 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1300 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1301 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1302 } | |
| 1303 return e; | |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 Lint: | |
| 1306 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1307 return e; | |
| 1308 } | |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1311 { | |
| 1312 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1313 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1314 #endif | |
| 1315 Type *t; | |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1318 { | |
| 1319 switch (ty) | |
| 1320 { | |
| 1321 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1322 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1323 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1324 L1: | |
| 1325 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1326 break; | |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1329 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1330 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1331 break; | |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1334 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1335 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1336 L2: | |
| 1337 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1338 break; | |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 default: | |
| 1341 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1342 } | |
| 1343 } | |
| 1344 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1345 { Type *t2; | |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 switch (ty) | |
| 1348 { | |
| 1349 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1350 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1351 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1352 L3: | |
| 1353 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1354 e->type = t2; | |
| 1355 break; | |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1358 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1359 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1360 L4: | |
| 1361 e->type = t; | |
| 1362 break; | |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1365 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1366 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1367 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1368 break; | |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 default: | |
| 1371 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1372 } | |
| 1373 } | |
| 1374 else | |
| 1375 { | |
| 1376 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1377 } | |
| 1378 return e; | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 1382 { integer_t value = 0; | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1385 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1386 #endif | |
| 1387 switch (ty) | |
| 1388 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1389 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1390 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1391 |
| 159 | 1392 case Tchar: |
| 1393 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1394 break; | |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 case Twchar: | |
| 1397 case Tdchar: | |
| 1398 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1399 break; | |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1402 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1403 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1404 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1405 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1406 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1407 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1408 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1409 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1410 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1411 } | |
| 1412 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1413 } | |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1416 { | |
| 1417 switch (ty) | |
| 1418 { | |
| 1419 case Tchar: | |
| 1420 case Twchar: | |
| 1421 case Tdchar: | |
| 1422 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1423 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1424 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1425 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1426 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1427 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1428 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1429 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1430 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1431 return 0; // no | |
| 1432 } | |
| 1433 return 1; // yes | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1439 } | |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1442 { | |
| 1443 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1444 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1448 { | |
| 1449 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1450 } | |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1453 { | |
| 1454 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1455 } | |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1458 { | |
| 1459 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1460 } | |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1463 { | |
| 1464 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1465 } | |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1470 } | |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1473 { | |
| 1474 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1475 } | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1478 { | |
| 1479 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1480 if (this == to) | |
| 1481 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1484 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1485 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1486 { | |
| 1487 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1488 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1489 } | |
| 1490 else | |
| 1491 { | |
| 1492 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1493 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1494 } | |
| 1495 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1496 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1499 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1500 { | |
| 1501 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1502 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1503 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 // If converting to integral | |
| 1506 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1507 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1508 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1511 */ | |
| 1512 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1513 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1516 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1517 } | |
| 1518 } | |
| 1519 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1520 { | |
| 1521 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1522 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1523 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1528 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1529 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1532 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1533 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1534 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1537 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1538 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1539 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1540 } | |
| 1541 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1545 { | |
| 1546 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1552 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1553 { | |
| 1554 } | |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1557 { | |
| 1558 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1561 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1562 #endif | |
| 1563 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1564 { | |
| 1565 Expression *ec; | |
| 1566 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1568 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1570 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1571 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1572 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1573 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1574 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1575 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1576 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1577 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1578 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1579 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1580 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1581 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1582 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1583 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1584 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1585 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1586 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1587 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1588 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1589 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1590 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1591 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1592 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1593 } | |
| 1594 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1595 { | |
| 1596 Expression *ec; | |
| 1597 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1599 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1601 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1602 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1603 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1604 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1606 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1608 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1609 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1610 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1612 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1613 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1614 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1615 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1616 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1619 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1620 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1621 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1622 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1623 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1624 } | |
| 1625 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1626 { | |
| 1627 Expression *ec; | |
| 1628 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1629 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1630 int dup; | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 assert(size); | |
| 1633 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1634 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1635 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1636 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1637 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1638 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1639 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1640 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1641 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1644 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1645 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1646 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1647 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1648 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1649 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1650 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1651 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1652 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1653 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1654 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1655 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1656 if (dup) | |
| 1657 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1658 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1659 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1660 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1661 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1662 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1663 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1664 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1665 |
| 159 | 1666 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1667 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1668 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1669 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1670 } | |
| 1671 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1672 { | |
| 1673 Expression *ec; | |
| 1674 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1675 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1676 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1677 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1678 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1679 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1680 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1681 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1682 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1683 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1684 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1685 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1686 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1687 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1688 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1689 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1690 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1691 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1692 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1693 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1694 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1695 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1696 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1697 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1698 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1699 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1700 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1701 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1702 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1703 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1704 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1705 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1706 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1707 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1708 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1709 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1710 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1711 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1712 } | |
| 1713 else | |
| 1714 { | |
| 1715 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1716 } | |
| 1717 return e; | |
| 1718 } | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1724 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1727 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1728 } | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1731 { | |
| 1732 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1733 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1734 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1735 return t; | |
| 1736 } | |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1739 { integer_t sz; | |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 if (!dim) | |
| 1742 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1743 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1744 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1745 { | |
| 1746 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1747 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1748 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1749 } | |
| 1750 else | |
| 1751 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 n = next->size(); | |
| 1754 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1755 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1756 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1757 sz = n2; | |
| 1758 } | |
| 1759 return sz; | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 Loverflow: | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1762 error(loc, "index %lld overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1763 return 1; |
| 1764 } | |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1767 { | |
| 1768 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1769 } | |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 /************************** | |
| 1772 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1773 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1774 */ | |
| 1775 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1776 { | |
| 1777 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1778 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1779 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1780 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 sc->pop(); | |
| 1785 } | |
| 1786 else | |
| 1787 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1788 return exp; | |
| 1789 } | |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1792 { | |
| 1793 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1794 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1795 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 sc->pop(); | |
| 1800 return exp; | |
| 1801 } | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1804 { | |
| 1805 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1806 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1807 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1808 if (*pe) | |
| 1809 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1810 Expression *e; | |
| 1811 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1812 *pe = e; | |
| 1813 } | |
| 1814 else if (*ps) | |
| 1815 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1816 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1817 if (td) | |
| 1818 { | |
| 1819 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1820 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1821 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1824 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1825 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1830 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1831 goto Ldefault; |
| 1832 } | |
| 1833 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1834 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1835 { | |
| 1836 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1837 return; | |
| 1838 } | |
| 1839 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1840 { | |
| 1841 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1842 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1843 return; | |
| 1844 } | |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1847 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1848 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1849 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1850 */ | |
| 1851 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1852 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1853 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1856 *ps = tds; | |
| 1857 } | |
| 1858 else | |
| 1859 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1860 } | |
| 1861 else | |
| 1862 { | |
| 1863 Ldefault: | |
| 1864 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1865 } | |
| 1866 } | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1869 { | |
| 1870 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 Type *t; | |
| 1873 Expression *e; | |
| 1874 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1875 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1876 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1877 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1880 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1881 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1884 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1885 return Type::terror; |
| 1886 } | |
| 1887 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1888 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1889 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1890 return Type::terror; | |
| 1891 } | |
| 1892 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1893 return t; | |
| 1894 } | |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1897 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 if (dim) | |
| 1900 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1905 if (sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && | |
| 1906 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) | |
| 1907 { | |
| 1908 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1909 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1910 */ | |
| 1911 return this; | |
| 1912 } | |
| 1913 integer_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1914 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); | |
| 1915 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 1916 integer_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1919 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1922 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1923 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1924 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1925 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1926 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1927 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 1929 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1930 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1931 */ | |
| 1932 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1933 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1934 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1935 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1936 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1937 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1938 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1939 { | |
| 1940 Loverflow: | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1941 error(loc, "index %lld overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1942 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 } | |
| 1945 } | |
| 1946 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1947 { | |
| 1948 case Ttuple: | |
| 1949 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1950 assert(dim); | |
| 1951 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1952 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1955 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1956 return Type::terror; |
| 1957 } | |
| 1958 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1959 return arg->type; | |
| 1960 } | |
| 1961 case Tfunction: | |
| 1962 case Tnone: | |
| 1963 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1964 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1965 break; | |
| 1966 } | |
| 1967 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1968 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1969 return merge(); | |
| 1970 } | |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 1973 { | |
| 1974 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1975 if (dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1976 buf->printf("%llu", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1977 if (next) |
| 1978 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 1979 } | |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1982 { | |
| 1983 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1984 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1985 return; | |
| 1986 } | |
| 1987 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1988 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1989 } | |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1992 { | |
| 1993 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1994 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1995 #endif | |
| 1996 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1997 { | |
| 1998 e = dim; | |
| 1999 } | |
| 2000 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2001 { | |
| 2002 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2003 } | |
| 2004 else | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2007 } | |
| 2008 return e; | |
| 2009 } | |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2012 { | |
| 2013 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2014 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2015 } | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2018 { | |
| 2019 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2020 } | |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2023 { | |
| 2024 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2027 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2028 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2029 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2030 { | |
| 2031 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2034 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2037 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2038 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2039 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2040 } | |
| 2041 #if 0 | |
| 2042 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2043 { | |
| 2044 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2047 { | |
| 2048 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2049 } | |
| 2050 } | |
| 2051 #endif | |
| 2052 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2053 } | |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2056 { | |
| 2057 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2058 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2059 #endif | |
| 2060 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2061 } | |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2064 { | |
| 2065 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2066 } | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2070 { | |
| 2071 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2072 if (e) | |
| 2073 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2074 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2075 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2076 } | |
| 2077 return e; | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2081 { | |
| 2082 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2083 } | |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2088 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2089 { | |
| 2090 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2091 } | |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2094 { | |
| 2095 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2096 if (t == next) | |
| 2097 t = this; | |
| 2098 else | |
| 2099 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2100 return t; | |
| 2101 } | |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2104 { | |
| 2105 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2106 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2107 } | |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2110 { | |
| 2111 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2112 // boundary | |
| 2113 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2114 } | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2117 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2120 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2121 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2122 { | |
| 2123 case Tfunction: | |
| 2124 case Tnone: | |
| 2125 case Ttuple: | |
| 2126 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2127 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2128 break; | |
| 2129 } | |
| 2130 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2131 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2132 if (next != tn) | |
| 2133 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2134 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2135 return merge(); | |
| 2136 } | |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2139 { | |
| 2140 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2141 if (next) | |
| 2142 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2143 } | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2146 { | |
| 2147 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2148 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2149 return; | |
| 2150 } | |
| 2151 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2152 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2153 } | |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2156 { | |
| 2157 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2158 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2159 #endif | |
| 2160 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2161 { | |
| 2162 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2163 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2166 } | |
| 2167 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2168 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2169 return e; | |
| 2170 } | |
| 2171 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2174 return e; | |
| 2175 } | |
| 2176 else | |
| 2177 { | |
| 2178 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2179 } | |
| 2180 return e; | |
| 2181 } | |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2184 { | |
| 2185 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2186 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2187 } | |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2190 { | |
| 2191 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2194 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2195 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2196 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2197 { | |
| 2198 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2199 } | |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2202 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2205 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2206 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2207 } | |
| 2208 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2209 } | |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2212 { | |
| 2213 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2214 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2215 #endif | |
| 2216 Expression *e; | |
| 2217 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2218 e->type = this; | |
| 2219 return e; | |
| 2220 } | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2223 { | |
| 2224 return 1; | |
| 2225 } | |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2228 { | |
| 2229 return TRUE; | |
| 2230 } | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2233 { | |
| 2234 return TRUE; | |
| 2235 } | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2240 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2241 { | |
| 2242 this->index = index; | |
| 2243 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2244 } | |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2247 { | |
| 2248 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2249 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2250 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2251 t = this; | |
| 2252 else | |
| 2253 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2254 return t; | |
| 2255 } | |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2258 { | |
| 2259 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2260 } | |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2264 { | |
| 2265 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2268 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2269 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2270 { | |
| 2271 Expression *e; | |
| 2272 Type *t; | |
| 2273 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2276 if (e) | |
| 2277 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2278 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2279 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2282 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2283 } | |
| 2284 else if (t) | |
| 2285 index = t; | |
| 2286 else | |
| 2287 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2288 } | |
| 2289 else | |
| 2290 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2293 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2294 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2295 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2296 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2297 { | |
| 2298 #if 0 | |
| 2299 case Tint8: | |
| 2300 case Tuns8: | |
| 2301 case Tint16: | |
| 2302 case Tuns16: | |
| 2303 key = tint32; | |
| 2304 break; | |
| 2305 #endif | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 case Tsarray: | |
| 2308 #if 0 | |
| 2309 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2310 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2311 #endif | |
| 2312 break; | |
| 2313 case Tbit: | |
| 2314 case Tbool: | |
| 2315 case Tfunction: | |
| 2316 case Tvoid: | |
| 2317 case Tnone: | |
| 2318 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2319 break; | |
| 2320 } | |
| 2321 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2322 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2323 { | |
| 2324 case Tfunction: | |
| 2325 case Tnone: | |
| 2326 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2327 break; | |
| 2328 } | |
| 2329 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2330 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 return merge(); | |
| 2333 } | |
| 2334 | |
| 336 | 2335 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2336 { | |
| 2337 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2340 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2341 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2342 { | |
| 2343 Expression *e; | |
| 2344 Type *t; | |
| 2345 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2348 if (e) | |
| 2349 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2350 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2353 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2354 } | |
| 2355 else if (t) | |
| 2356 index = t; | |
| 2357 else | |
| 2358 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2359 } | |
| 2360 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2361 } | |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | |
| 159 | 2364 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2365 { | |
| 2366 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2367 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2368 #endif | |
| 2369 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2370 { | |
| 2371 Expression *ec; | |
| 2372 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2373 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2374 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2375 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2376 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2377 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2378 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2379 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2380 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2381 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2382 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2383 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2384 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2385 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2386 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2387 } |
| 2388 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2389 { | |
| 2390 Expression *ec; | |
| 2391 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2392 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2395 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2396 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2397 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2398 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2399 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2400 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2401 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2402 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2403 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2404 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2405 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2406 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2407 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2408 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2409 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2410 } | |
| 2411 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2412 { | |
| 2413 Expression *ec; | |
| 2414 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2415 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2416 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2417 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2418 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2419 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2420 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2421 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2422 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2423 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2424 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2425 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2426 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2427 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2428 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2429 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2430 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2431 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2432 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2433 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2434 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2435 } | |
| 2436 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2437 { | |
| 2438 Expression *ec; | |
| 2439 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2440 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2441 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2442 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2443 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2444 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2445 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2446 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2447 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2448 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2449 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2450 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2451 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2452 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
| 2453 arguments->push(key->getInternalTypeInfo(sc)); | |
| 2454 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2455 e->type = this; | |
| 2456 } | |
| 2457 else | |
| 2458 { | |
| 2459 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 return e; | |
| 2462 } | |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2465 { | |
| 2466 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2467 index->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2468 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2469 } | |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2472 { | |
| 2473 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2474 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2475 return; | |
| 2476 } | |
| 2477 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2478 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2479 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2480 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2481 } | |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2484 { | |
| 2485 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2486 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2487 #endif | |
| 2488 Expression *e; | |
| 2489 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2490 e->type = this; | |
| 2491 return e; | |
| 2492 } | |
| 2493 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2494 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2495 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2496 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2497 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2498 |
| 159 | 2499 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2500 { | |
| 2501 return TRUE; | |
| 2502 } | |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2505 { | |
| 2506 return TRUE; | |
| 2507 } | |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2512 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2513 { | |
| 2514 } | |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2517 { | |
| 2518 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2519 if (t == next) | |
| 2520 t = this; | |
| 2521 else | |
| 2522 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2523 return t; | |
| 2524 } | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2527 { | |
| 2528 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2529 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2530 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2531 { | |
| 2532 case Ttuple: | |
| 2533 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2534 n = tint32; | |
| 2535 break; | |
| 2536 } | |
| 2537 if (n != next) | |
| 2538 deco = NULL; | |
| 2539 next = n; | |
| 2540 return merge(); | |
| 2541 } | |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2545 { | |
| 2546 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2547 } | |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2550 { | |
| 2551 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2552 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2553 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2554 return; | |
| 2555 } | |
| 2556 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2557 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2558 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2559 } | |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2562 { | |
| 2563 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 if (this == to) | |
| 2566 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2567 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2568 { | |
| 2569 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2570 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 #if 0 | |
| 2573 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2574 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2575 #endif | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2578 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2579 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2582 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2583 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2584 } | |
| 2585 } | |
| 2586 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2587 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2588 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2589 } | |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2592 { | |
| 2593 return TRUE; | |
| 2594 } | |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2597 { | |
| 2598 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2599 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2600 #endif | |
| 2601 Expression *e; | |
| 2602 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2603 e->type = this; | |
| 2604 return e; | |
| 2605 } | |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2608 { | |
| 2609 return 1; | |
| 2610 } | |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2613 { | |
| 2614 return TRUE; | |
| 2615 } | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2621 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2622 { | |
| 2623 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2624 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2625 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2626 } | |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2629 { | |
| 2630 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2631 if (t == next) | |
| 2632 t = this; | |
| 2633 else | |
| 2634 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2635 return t; | |
| 2636 } | |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2639 { | |
| 2640 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2641 } | |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2644 { | |
| 2645 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2646 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2647 return; | |
| 2648 } | |
| 2649 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2650 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2651 } | |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2654 { | |
| 2655 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2656 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2657 #endif | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 // References just forward things along | |
| 2660 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2661 } | |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2664 { | |
| 2665 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2666 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2667 #endif | |
| 2668 Expression *e; | |
| 2669 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2670 e->type = this; | |
| 2671 return e; | |
| 2672 } | |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2675 { | |
| 2676 return 1; | |
| 2677 } | |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2683 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2684 { | |
| 2685 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2686 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2687 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2688 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2689 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2690 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2691 this->retInPtr = false; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2692 this->usesThis = false; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2693 this->usesNest = false; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2694 this->retAttrs = 0; |
|
720
e177ae483f8e
Added inreg attribute where appropriate on x86 to follow ABI docs.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
717
diff
changeset
|
2695 this->thisAttrs = 0; |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2696 this->reverseParams = false; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2697 this->reverseIndex = 0; |
| 159 | 2698 } |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2701 { | |
| 2702 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2703 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2704 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2705 t->retInPtr = retInPtr; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2706 t->usesThis = usesThis; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2707 t->usesNest = usesNest; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2708 t->retAttrs = retAttrs; |
|
720
e177ae483f8e
Added inreg attribute where appropriate on x86 to follow ABI docs.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
717
diff
changeset
|
2709 t->thisAttrs = thisAttrs; |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2710 t->reverseParams = reverseParams; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2711 t->reverseIndex = reverseIndex; |
| 159 | 2712 return t; |
| 2713 } | |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 /******************************* | |
| 2716 * Returns: | |
| 2717 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2718 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2719 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2720 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2721 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2722 */ | |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2725 { | |
| 2726 #if 0 | |
| 2727 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2728 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2729 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2730 #endif | |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2735 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2736 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2737 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 { | |
| 2740 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2741 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2744 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2747 { | |
| 2748 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2749 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2750 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2753 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2754 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2757 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2758 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2759 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2760 } | |
| 2761 } | |
| 2762 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2763 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 // The argument lists match | |
| 2766 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2767 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2768 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2769 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2772 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2775 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2776 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2777 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2780 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2781 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2782 { | |
| 2783 return 3; | |
| 2784 } | |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2787 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2788 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2789 } | |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 Lcovariant: | |
| 2792 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2793 return 1; | |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 Ldistinct: | |
| 2796 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2797 return 0; | |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2800 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2801 return 2; | |
| 2802 } | |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2805 { unsigned char mc; | |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2808 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2809 if (inuse) | |
| 2810 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2811 return; | |
| 2812 } | |
| 2813 inuse++; | |
| 2814 switch (linkage) | |
| 2815 { | |
| 2816 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2817 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2818 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2819 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2820 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2821 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2822 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2823 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2824 |
| 159 | 2825 default: |
| 2826 assert(0); | |
| 2827 } | |
| 2828 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
| 2829 // Write argument types | |
| 2830 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters); | |
| 2831 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); | |
| 2832 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
| 2833 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2834 inuse--; | |
| 2835 } | |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2838 { | |
| 2839 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 if (inuse) | |
| 2842 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2843 return; | |
| 2844 } | |
| 2845 inuse++; | |
| 2846 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2847 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2848 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2849 { | |
| 2850 switch (linkage) | |
| 2851 { | |
| 2852 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2853 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2854 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2855 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2856 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2857 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2858 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2859 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2860 |
| 159 | 2861 default: |
| 2862 assert(0); | |
| 2863 } | |
| 2864 } | |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2867 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2868 if (ident) | |
| 2869 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2870 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2871 } | |
| 2872 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2873 inuse--; | |
| 2874 } | |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2877 { | |
| 2878 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 if (inuse) | |
| 2881 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2882 return; | |
| 2883 } | |
| 2884 inuse++; | |
| 2885 if (next) | |
| 2886 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2887 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2888 { | |
| 2889 switch (linkage) | |
| 2890 { | |
| 2891 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2892 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2893 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2894 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2895 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2896 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2897 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2898 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2899 |
| 159 | 2900 default: |
| 2901 assert(0); | |
| 2902 } | |
| 2903 } | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2906 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2907 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2908 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2909 inuse--; | |
| 2910 } | |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2913 { | |
| 2914 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2915 { | |
| 2916 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2917 return this; | |
| 2918 } | |
| 2919 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2922 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2923 if (parameters) | |
| 2924 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2925 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2926 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2927 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2928 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2929 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2930 } | |
| 2931 } | |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2934 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2935 { | |
| 2936 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2937 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2938 } | |
| 2939 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2940 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2941 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2942 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2943 } | |
| 2944 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2945 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2946 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2947 } | |
| 2948 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2949 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2950 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2951 } | |
| 2952 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2953 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2956 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2959 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2960 Type *t; | |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2963 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2964 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2965 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2966 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2967 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2968 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2969 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2970 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2971 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2972 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2973 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2974 |
| 159 | 2975 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2978 { | |
| 2979 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2980 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2981 } | |
| 2982 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2983 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2986 { | |
| 2987 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2988 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2989 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2990 } | |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2993 * change. | |
| 2994 */ | |
| 2995 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2996 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2997 i--; | |
| 2998 } | |
| 2999 } | |
| 3000 } | |
| 3001 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 3004 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 3005 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 3006 return terror; | |
| 3007 } | |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 3010 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 3013 * can be different | |
| 3014 * even though the types match | |
| 3015 */ | |
| 3016 return tf; | |
| 3017 } | |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 /******************************** | |
| 3020 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3021 * Determine match level. | |
| 3022 * Returns: | |
| 3023 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3024 */ | |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3027 { | |
| 3028 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3029 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3032 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3033 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3034 ; | |
| 3035 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3036 { | |
| 3037 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3038 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3039 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3040 } | |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3043 { int m; | |
| 3044 Expression *arg; | |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3049 assert(p); | |
| 3050 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3051 { | |
| 3052 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3053 continue; | |
| 3054 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3055 goto L1; | |
| 3056 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3057 } | |
| 3058 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3059 assert(arg); | |
| 3060 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3061 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3062 else | |
| 3063 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3064 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3065 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3066 { | |
| 3067 L1: | |
| 3068 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3069 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3070 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 3071 integer_t sz; | |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3074 { | |
| 3075 case Tsarray: | |
| 3076 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3077 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3078 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3079 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3080 case Tarray: | |
| 3081 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3082 { | |
| 3083 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3084 assert(arg); | |
| 3085 #if 1 | |
| 3086 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3087 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3088 */ | |
| 3089 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3090 if (tret) | |
| 3091 { | |
| 3092 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3093 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3094 } | |
| 3095 else | |
| 3096 { | |
| 3097 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3098 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3099 { | |
| 3100 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3101 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3102 } | |
| 3103 } | |
| 3104 } | |
| 3105 else | |
| 3106 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3107 #else | |
| 3108 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3109 #endif | |
| 3110 if (m == 0) | |
| 3111 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3112 if (m < match) | |
| 3113 match = m; | |
| 3114 } | |
| 3115 goto Ldone; | |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 case Tclass: | |
| 3118 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3119 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3120 goto Ldone; | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 default: | |
| 3123 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3124 } | |
| 3125 } | |
| 3126 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3127 } | |
| 3128 if (m < match) | |
| 3129 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3130 } | |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 Ldone: | |
| 3133 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3134 return match; | |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 Nomatch: | |
| 3137 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3138 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3139 } | |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3142 { | |
| 3143 if (parameters) | |
| 3144 { | |
| 3145 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3146 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3147 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3148 if (t) | |
| 3149 return t; | |
| 3150 } | |
| 3151 } | |
| 3152 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3153 } | |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3158 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3159 { | |
| 3160 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3161 } | |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3164 { | |
| 3165 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3166 if (t == next) | |
| 3167 t = this; | |
| 3168 else | |
| 3169 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3170 return t; | |
| 3171 } | |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3174 { | |
| 3175 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3176 { | |
| 3177 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3178 return this; | |
| 3179 } | |
| 3180 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3181 return merge(); | |
| 3182 } | |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3185 { | |
| 3186 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3187 } | |
| 3188 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3189 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3190 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3191 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3192 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3193 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3194 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3195 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3196 |
| 159 | 3197 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3198 { | |
| 3199 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3200 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3201 return; | |
| 3202 } | |
| 3203 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3206 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3207 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3211 { | |
| 3212 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3213 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3214 #endif | |
| 3215 Expression *e; | |
| 3216 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3217 e->type = this; | |
| 3218 return e; | |
| 3219 } | |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3222 { | |
| 3223 return 1; | |
| 3224 } | |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3227 { | |
| 3228 return TRUE; | |
| 3229 } | |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3232 { | |
| 3233 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3234 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3235 #endif | |
| 3236 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3237 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3238 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3239 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3240 return e; | |
| 3241 } | |
| 3242 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3243 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3244 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3245 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3246 return e; |
| 3247 } | |
| 3248 else | |
| 3249 { | |
| 3250 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3251 } | |
| 3252 return e; | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 | |
| 3255 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3256 { | |
| 3257 return TRUE; | |
| 3258 } | |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3265 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3266 { | |
| 3267 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3268 } | |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3271 { | |
| 3272 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3273 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3274 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3275 { | |
| 3276 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3277 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3278 { | |
| 3279 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3282 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3283 } | |
| 3284 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3285 } | |
| 3286 } | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3290 { | |
| 3291 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3292 } | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3295 { | |
| 3296 int i; | |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3299 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3304 { | |
| 3305 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3306 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3307 } | |
| 3308 else | |
| 3309 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3310 } | |
| 3311 } | |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3314 { | |
| 3315 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3316 return 1; | |
| 3317 } | |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 /************************************* | |
| 3320 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3321 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3322 * Output: | |
| 3323 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3324 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3325 */ | |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3328 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3329 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3330 { | |
| 3331 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3332 int i; | |
| 3333 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3334 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3335 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3336 Type *t; | |
| 3337 Expression *e; | |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 #if 0 | |
| 3340 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3341 if (scopesym) | |
| 3342 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3343 #endif | |
| 3344 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3345 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3346 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3347 if (s) | |
| 3348 { | |
| 3349 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3350 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3351 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3352 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3353 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3354 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3357 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3358 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3359 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3360 if (!sm) | |
| 3361 { | |
| 3362 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3363 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3364 { | |
| 3365 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3366 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3367 } | |
| 3368 else | |
| 3369 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3370 t = e->type; | |
| 3371 if (!t) | |
| 3372 goto Lerror; | |
| 3373 goto L3; | |
| 3374 } | |
| 3375 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3376 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3377 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3378 if (t) | |
| 3379 { | |
| 3380 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3381 if (sm) | |
| 3382 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3383 if (sm) | |
| 3384 goto L2; | |
| 3385 } | |
| 3386 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3387 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3388 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3389 i++; | |
| 3390 L3: | |
| 3391 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3392 { | |
| 3393 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3394 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3395 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3396 } | |
| 3397 *pe = e; | |
| 3398 } | |
| 3399 else | |
| 3400 Lerror: | |
| 3401 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3402 return; | |
| 3403 } | |
| 3404 L2: | |
| 3405 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3406 } | |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3409 if (v) | |
| 3410 { | |
| 3411 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3412 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3413 { | |
| 3414 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3415 assert(ei); | |
| 3416 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3417 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3418 } | |
| 3419 else | |
| 3420 { | |
| 3421 #if 0 | |
| 3422 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3423 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3424 { | |
| 3425 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3426 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3427 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3428 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3429 } | |
| 3430 else | |
| 3431 #endif | |
| 3432 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3433 } | |
| 3434 return; | |
| 3435 } | |
| 3436 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3437 if (em) | |
| 3438 { | |
| 3439 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3440 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3441 return; | |
| 3442 } | |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 L1: | |
| 3445 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3446 if (!t) | |
| 3447 { | |
| 3448 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3449 Import *si; | |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3452 if (si) | |
| 3453 { | |
| 3454 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3455 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3456 goto L1; | |
| 3457 s = si; | |
| 3458 } | |
| 3459 *ps = s; | |
| 3460 return; | |
| 3461 } | |
| 3462 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3463 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3464 return; | |
| 3465 } | |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 if (t != this) | |
| 3468 { | |
| 3469 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3470 { | |
| 3471 Scope *scx; | |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3474 { | |
| 3475 if (!scx) | |
| 3476 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3477 return; | |
| 3478 } | |
| 3479 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3480 break; | |
| 3481 } | |
| 3482 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3483 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3484 } | |
| 3485 } | |
| 3486 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3487 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3488 else |
| 3489 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3490 } | |
| 3491 if (!s) | |
| 3492 { | |
| 3493 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3494 } | |
| 3495 } | |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3500 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3501 { | |
| 3502 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3503 } | |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3507 { | |
| 3508 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3511 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3512 return t; | |
| 3513 } | |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3516 { unsigned len; | |
| 3517 char *name; | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3520 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3521 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3522 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3523 } | |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3526 { | |
| 3527 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3528 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3529 return; | |
| 3530 } | |
| 3531 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3532 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3533 } | |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 /************************************* | |
| 3536 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3537 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3538 * Output: | |
| 3539 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3540 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3541 */ | |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3544 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3545 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3548 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3549 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3550 } | |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 /***************************************** | |
| 3553 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3554 * return that symbol. | |
| 3555 */ | |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3558 { | |
| 3559 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3560 if (!sc) | |
| 3561 return NULL; | |
| 3562 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3565 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3566 if (s) | |
| 3567 { | |
| 3568 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3569 { | |
| 3570 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3571 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3572 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3573 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3574 break; | |
| 3575 } | |
| 3576 } | |
| 3577 } | |
| 3578 return s; | |
| 3579 } | |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3582 { | |
| 3583 Type *t; | |
| 3584 Expression *e; | |
| 3585 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3588 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3589 if (t) | |
| 3590 { | |
| 3591 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3594 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3597 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3598 } | |
| 3599 } | |
| 3600 else | |
| 3601 { | |
| 3602 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3603 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3604 printf("1: "); | |
| 3605 #endif | |
| 3606 if (s) | |
| 3607 { | |
| 3608 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3609 } | |
| 3610 else | |
| 3611 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3612 t = tvoid; | |
| 3613 } | |
| 3614 //t->print(); | |
| 3615 return t; | |
| 3616 } | |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3619 { | |
| 3620 return this; | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3624 { | |
| 3625 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3626 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3629 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3630 } | |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 return e; | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3638 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3639 { | |
| 3640 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3641 } | |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3644 { | |
| 3645 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3646 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3649 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3650 return t; | |
| 3651 } | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3655 { | |
| 3656 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3657 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3658 return; | |
| 3659 } | |
| 3660 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3661 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3662 } | |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3665 { | |
| 3666 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3671 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3672 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 #if 0 | |
| 3675 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3676 { | |
| 3677 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3678 return; | |
| 3679 } | |
| 3680 #endif | |
| 3681 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3682 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3683 s = tempinst; | |
| 3684 if (s) | |
| 3685 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3686 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3687 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3688 } | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3691 { | |
| 3692 Type *t; | |
| 3693 Expression *e; | |
| 3694 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3699 { | |
| 3700 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3701 global.gag++; | |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 global.gag--; | |
| 3706 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3707 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3708 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3709 return this; | |
| 3710 } | |
| 3711 } | |
| 3712 else | |
| 3713 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 if (!t) | |
| 3716 { | |
| 3717 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3718 printf("2: "); | |
| 3719 #endif | |
| 3720 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3721 t = tvoid; | |
| 3722 } | |
| 3723 return t; | |
| 3724 } | |
| 3725 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3726 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3727 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3728 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3729 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3730 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3731 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3732 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3733 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3734 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3735 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3736 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3737 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3738 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3739 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3740 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3741 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3742 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3743 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3744 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3745 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3746 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3747 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3748 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3749 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3750 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3751 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3752 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3753 |
| 159 | 3754 |
| 3755 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3758 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3759 { | |
| 3760 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3761 } | |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3764 { | |
| 3765 TypeTypeof *t; | |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3768 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3769 return t; | |
| 3770 } | |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3773 { | |
| 3774 Type *t; | |
| 3775 | |
| 336 | 3776 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3777 if (t == this) |
| 3778 return NULL; | |
| 3779 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3780 } | |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3783 { | |
| 3784 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3785 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3786 return; | |
| 3787 } | |
| 3788 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3789 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3790 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3791 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3792 } | |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3795 { Expression *e; | |
| 3796 Type *t; | |
| 3797 | |
| 3798 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 #if 0 | |
| 3803 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3804 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3805 */ | |
| 3806 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3807 { | |
| 3808 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3809 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3810 { | |
| 3811 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3812 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 if (!s) | |
| 3815 { | |
| 3816 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3817 goto Lerr; | |
| 3818 } | |
| 3819 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3820 if (cd) | |
| 3821 { | |
| 3822 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3823 { | |
| 3824 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3825 if (!cd) | |
| 3826 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3827 goto Lerr; | |
| 3828 } | |
| 3829 } | |
| 3830 t = cd->type; | |
| 3831 break; | |
| 3832 } | |
| 3833 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3834 if (sd) | |
| 3835 { | |
| 3836 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3837 { | |
| 3838 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3839 goto Lerr; | |
| 3840 } | |
| 3841 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3842 break; | |
| 3843 } | |
| 3844 } | |
| 3845 } | |
| 3846 else | |
| 3847 #endif | |
| 3848 { | |
| 3849 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3850 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3851 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3852 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3853 { | |
| 3854 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3855 } | |
| 159 | 3856 t = exp->type; |
| 3857 if (!t) | |
| 3858 { | |
| 3859 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3860 goto Lerr; | |
| 3861 } | |
| 3862 } | |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3865 { | |
| 3866 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3867 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3868 { | |
| 3869 if (!s) | |
| 3870 break; | |
| 3871 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3872 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3873 } | |
| 3874 if (s) | |
| 3875 { | |
| 3876 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3877 if (!t) | |
| 3878 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3879 goto Lerr; | |
| 3880 } | |
| 3881 } | |
| 3882 else | |
| 3883 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3884 goto Lerr; | |
| 3885 } | |
| 3886 } | |
| 3887 return t; | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 Lerr: | |
| 3890 return tvoid; | |
| 3891 } | |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3894 { | |
| 3895 if (exp->type) | |
| 3896 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3897 else | |
| 3898 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3899 } | |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3906 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3909 } | |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3912 { | |
| 3913 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3914 } | |
| 3915 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3916 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3917 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3918 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3919 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3920 |
| 159 | 3921 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3922 { | |
| 3923 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3924 return merge(); | |
| 3925 } | |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3928 { | |
| 3929 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3930 { | |
| 3931 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3932 return 4; | |
| 3933 } | |
| 3934 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3935 } | |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3938 { | |
| 3939 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3940 { | |
| 3941 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3942 printf("1: "); | |
| 3943 #endif | |
| 3944 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3945 return 4; | |
| 3946 } | |
| 3947 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3948 } | |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3951 { | |
| 3952 return sym; | |
| 3953 } | |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3956 { | |
| 3957 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3958 { | |
| 3959 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3960 printf("2: "); | |
| 3961 #endif | |
| 3962 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3963 return tint32; | |
| 3964 } | |
| 3965 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3966 } | |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3969 { char *name; | |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3972 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3973 // name += 2; | |
| 3974 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3975 } | |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3978 { | |
| 3979 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3980 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3981 return; | |
| 3982 } | |
| 3983 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3984 } | |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3987 { | |
| 3988 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3989 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3990 Expression *em; | |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3993 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3994 #endif | |
| 3995 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3996 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3997 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 3998 if (!s) | |
| 3999 { | |
| 4000 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4001 } | |
| 4002 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4003 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 4004 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4005 return em; | |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 Lfwd: | |
| 4008 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4009 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4010 } | |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4013 { Expression *e; | |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4016 { | |
| 4017 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4018 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4019 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4020 } | |
| 4021 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4022 { | |
| 4023 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4024 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4025 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4026 } | |
| 4027 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4028 { | |
| 4029 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4030 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4031 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4032 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4033 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4034 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4035 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4036 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4037 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4038 } |
| 159 | 4039 else |
| 4040 { | |
| 4041 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4042 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4043 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4044 } | |
| 4045 return e; | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 Lfwd: | |
| 4048 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4049 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4053 { | |
| 4054 return 1; | |
| 4055 } | |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4058 { | |
| 4059 return 0; | |
| 4060 } | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4063 { | |
| 4064 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4065 } | |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4068 { | |
| 4069 return 1; | |
| 4070 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4071 } | |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4074 { MATCH m; | |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4077 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4078 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4079 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4080 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4081 else | |
| 4082 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4083 return m; | |
| 4084 } | |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4087 { | |
| 4088 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4089 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4090 #endif | |
| 4091 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4092 Expression *e; | |
| 4093 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4094 return e; | |
| 4095 } | |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4098 { | |
| 4099 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4100 } | |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4103 { | |
| 4104 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4105 } | |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4110 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4111 { | |
| 4112 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4113 } | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4116 { | |
| 4117 return this; | |
| 4118 } | |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4121 { | |
| 4122 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4123 } | |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4126 { | |
| 4127 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4128 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4129 return merge(); | |
| 4130 } | |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4133 { | |
| 4134 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4135 } | |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4138 { | |
| 4139 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4140 } | |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4143 { | |
| 4144 return sym; | |
| 4145 } | |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4148 { unsigned len; | |
| 4149 char *name; | |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4152 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4153 // name += 2; | |
| 4154 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4155 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4156 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4157 } | |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4160 { | |
| 4161 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4162 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4163 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4164 return; | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4167 } | |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4170 { | |
| 4171 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4172 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4173 #endif | |
| 4174 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4175 { | |
| 4176 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4177 } | |
| 4178 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4179 } | |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4182 { | |
| 4183 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4184 { | |
| 4185 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4186 } | |
| 4187 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4188 } | |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4191 { | |
| 4192 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4193 } | |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4196 { | |
| 4197 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4198 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4199 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4200 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4204 { | |
| 4205 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4206 } | |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4209 { | |
| 4210 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4211 } | |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4214 { | |
| 4215 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4219 { | |
| 4220 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4221 } | |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4224 { | |
| 4225 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4226 } | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4229 { | |
| 4230 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4231 } | |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4234 { | |
| 4235 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4236 } | |
| 4237 | |
| 4238 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4239 { | |
| 4240 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4241 { | |
| 4242 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4243 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4244 return Type::terror; | |
| 4245 } | |
| 4246 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4247 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4248 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4249 return t; | |
| 4250 } | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4253 { MATCH m; | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4256 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4257 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4258 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4259 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4260 else | |
| 4261 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4262 return m; | |
| 4263 } | |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4266 { Expression *e; | |
| 4267 Type *bt; | |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4270 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4271 #endif | |
| 4272 if (sym->init) | |
| 4273 { | |
| 4274 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4275 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4276 } | |
| 4277 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4278 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4279 e->type = this; | |
| 4280 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4281 { | |
| 4282 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4283 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4284 } | |
| 4285 return e; | |
| 4286 } | |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4289 { | |
| 4290 if (sym->init) | |
| 4291 { | |
| 4292 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4293 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4294 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4295 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4296 return 1; | |
| 4297 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4298 } | |
| 4299 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4300 { | |
| 4301 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4302 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4303 } | |
| 4304 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4305 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4306 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4307 return result; | |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4311 { | |
| 4312 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4313 } | |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4318 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4319 { | |
| 4320 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4321 } | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4324 { | |
| 4325 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4326 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4327 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4328 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4329 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4330 } | |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4333 { | |
| 4334 return this; | |
| 4335 } | |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4338 { | |
| 4339 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4342 * be right. | |
| 4343 */ | |
| 4344 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 return merge(); | |
| 4347 } | |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4350 { | |
| 4351 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4352 } | |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4355 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4358 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4359 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4360 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4361 return sz; | |
| 4362 } | |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4365 { | |
| 4366 return sym; | |
| 4367 } | |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4370 { unsigned len; | |
| 4371 char *name; | |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4374 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4375 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4376 // name += 2; | |
| 4377 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4378 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4379 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4380 } | |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4383 { | |
| 4384 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4385 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4386 return; | |
| 4387 } | |
| 4388 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4389 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4390 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4391 else | |
| 4392 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4393 } | |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4396 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 Expression *b; | |
| 4399 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4400 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4401 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4402 Declaration *d; | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4405 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4406 #endif | |
| 4407 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4408 { | |
| 4409 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4410 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4411 } | |
| 4412 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4413 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4414 */ |
| 159 | 4415 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4416 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4417 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4418 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4419 */ |
| 336 | 4420 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4421 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4422 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4423 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4424 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4425 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4426 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4427 } | |
| 4428 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4429 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4430 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4431 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4432 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4433 return e; |
| 4434 } | |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4437 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4440 { | |
| 4441 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4444 e = de->e1; | |
| 4445 goto L1; | |
| 4446 } | |
| 4447 } | |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4450 L1: | |
| 4451 if (!s) | |
| 4452 { | |
| 4453 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4454 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4455 } | |
| 336 | 4456 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4457 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4458 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4461 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4462 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 if (ei) | |
| 4465 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4466 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4467 return e; | |
| 4468 } | |
| 4469 } | |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4472 { | |
| 4473 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4474 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4475 } | |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4478 if (em) | |
| 4479 { | |
| 4480 assert(em->value); | |
| 4481 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4482 } | |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4485 if (tm) | |
| 4486 { Expression *de; | |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4489 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4490 return de; | |
| 4491 } | |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4494 if (td) | |
| 4495 { | |
| 4496 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4497 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4498 return e; | |
| 4499 } | |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4502 if (ti) | |
| 4503 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4504 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4505 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4506 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4507 goto L1; | |
| 4508 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4509 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4510 return de; | |
| 4511 } | |
| 4512 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4513 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4514 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4515 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4516 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4517 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4518 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4519 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4520 |
| 159 | 4521 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4522 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4523 if (!d) | |
| 4524 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4525 #endif | |
| 4526 assert(d); | |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4529 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4532 { | |
| 4533 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4534 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4535 return e; | |
| 4536 } | |
| 4537 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4538 { | |
| 4539 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4540 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4541 return e; | |
| 4542 } | |
| 4543 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4544 } | |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4547 { | |
| 4548 // (e, d) | |
| 4549 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4552 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4553 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4554 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4555 return e; | |
| 4556 } | |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 if (v) | |
| 4559 { | |
| 4560 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4561 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4564 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4565 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4566 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4567 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4568 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4569 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4570 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4571 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4572 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4573 #endif |
| 159 | 4574 } |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4577 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4578 } | |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4581 { | |
| 4582 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4583 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4584 } | |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4587 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4588 |
| 4589 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4590 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4591 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4592 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4593 assert(d); |
| 4594 d->type = this; | |
| 4595 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4596 } | |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4599 { | |
| 4600 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4601 } | |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4604 { | |
| 4605 return FALSE; | |
| 4606 } | |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4609 { | |
| 4610 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4613 if (s->members) | |
| 4614 { | |
| 4615 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4616 { | |
| 4617 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4618 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4619 return TRUE; | |
| 4620 } | |
| 4621 } | |
| 4622 return FALSE; | |
| 4623 } | |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4629 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4630 { | |
| 4631 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4632 } | |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4635 { | |
| 4636 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4637 } | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4640 { | |
| 4641 return this; | |
| 4642 } | |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4645 { | |
| 4646 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4647 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4648 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4649 return merge(); | |
| 4650 } | |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4653 { | |
| 4654 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4655 } | |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4658 { | |
| 4659 return sym; | |
| 4660 } | |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4663 { unsigned len; | |
| 4664 char *name; | |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4667 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4668 // name += 2; | |
| 4669 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4670 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4671 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4672 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4673 } | |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4676 { | |
| 4677 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4678 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4679 return; | |
| 4680 } | |
| 4681 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4682 } | |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4685 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 Expression *b; | |
| 4688 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4689 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4690 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4691 Declaration *d; | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4694 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4695 #endif | |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4698 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4701 { | |
| 4702 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4705 e = de->e1; | |
| 4706 goto L1; | |
| 4707 } | |
| 4708 } | |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4711 { | |
| 4712 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4713 */ | |
| 336 | 4714 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4715 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4716 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4717 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4718 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4719 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4720 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4721 } | |
| 4722 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4723 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4724 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4725 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4726 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4727 return e; |
| 4728 } | |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4731 L1: | |
| 4732 if (!s) | |
| 4733 { | |
| 4734 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4735 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4736 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4737 { | |
| 4738 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4739 { | |
| 4740 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4741 return e; | |
| 4742 } | |
| 4743 } | |
| 4744 | |
| 4745 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4746 { | |
| 4747 Type *t; | |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4750 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4751 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4752 { | |
| 4753 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4754 * at compile time. | |
| 4755 */ | |
| 4756 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4757 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4758 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4759 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4760 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4761 } | |
| 4762 else | |
| 4763 { | |
| 4764 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4765 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4766 */ | |
| 4767 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 Type* ct; | |
| 4770 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4771 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4772 } | |
| 4773 else { | |
| 4774 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4775 } | |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4778 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4779 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4780 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4781 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4784 { | |
| 4785 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4786 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4787 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4788 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4789 */ | |
| 4790 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4791 } | |
| 4792 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4793 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4794 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4795 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4796 */ | |
| 4797 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4798 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4799 } | |
| 336 | 4800 } |
| 159 | 4801 |
| 4802 #else | |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4805 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4806 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4807 { | |
| 4808 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4809 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4810 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4811 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4812 */ | |
| 4813 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4814 } | |
| 4815 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4816 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4817 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4818 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4819 */ | |
| 4820 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4821 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4822 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4823 } | |
| 4824 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4825 } |
| 4826 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4827 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4828 |
| 4829 return e; | |
| 4830 } | |
| 4831 | |
| 4832 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4833 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4834 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4835 */ | |
| 4836 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4837 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4838 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4839 return e; | |
| 4840 } | |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4843 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4844 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4845 */ | |
| 4846 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4847 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4848 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4849 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4850 return e; |
| 4851 } | |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4854 { | |
| 4855 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4856 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4857 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4858 } | |
| 4859 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4860 { | |
| 4861 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4862 } | |
| 4863 else | |
| 4864 { | |
| 4865 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4866 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4867 } | |
| 4868 } | |
| 336 | 4869 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4870 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4871 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4872 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4873 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4874 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 if (ei) | |
| 4877 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4878 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4879 return e; | |
| 4880 } | |
| 4881 } | |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4884 { | |
| 4885 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4886 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4887 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4888 } | |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4891 if (em) | |
| 4892 { | |
| 4893 assert(em->value); | |
| 4894 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4895 } | |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4898 if (tm) | |
| 4899 { Expression *de; | |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4902 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4903 return de; | |
| 4904 } | |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4907 if (td) | |
| 4908 { | |
| 4909 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4910 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4911 return e; | |
| 4912 } | |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4915 if (ti) | |
| 4916 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4917 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4918 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4919 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4920 goto L1; | |
| 4921 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4922 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4923 return de; | |
| 4924 } | |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4927 if (!d) | |
| 4928 { | |
| 4929 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4930 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4931 } | |
| 4932 | |
| 4933 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4934 { | |
| 4935 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4938 { | |
| 4939 if (sc->func) | |
| 4940 { | |
| 4941 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4942 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 if (thiscd) | |
| 4945 { | |
| 4946 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4949 { | |
| 4950 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4951 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4952 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4953 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4954 return e; | |
| 4955 } | |
| 4956 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4957 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4958 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4959 } | |
| 4960 } | |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4963 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4964 return e; | |
| 4965 } | |
| 4966 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4967 { | |
| 4968 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4969 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4970 return e; | |
| 4971 } | |
| 4972 else | |
| 4973 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4974 return ve; | |
| 4975 } | |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4978 { | |
| 4979 // (e, d) | |
| 4980 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4983 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4984 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4985 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4986 return e; | |
| 4987 } | |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4990 { | |
| 4991 // (e, d) | |
| 4992 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4995 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4996 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4997 return e; | |
| 4998 } | |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5001 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5002 } | |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5005 { | |
| 5006 return sym; | |
| 5007 } | |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 5010 { | |
| 5011 return sym->isauto; | |
| 5012 } | |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5015 { | |
| 5016 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5017 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5020 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5021 return 1; | |
| 5022 } | |
| 5023 return 0; | |
| 5024 } | |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5027 { | |
| 5028 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5029 if (this == to) | |
| 5030 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5033 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5034 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5035 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5036 } | |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5039 { | |
| 5040 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5041 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5042 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5043 } | |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5046 } | |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5049 { | |
| 5050 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5051 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5052 #endif | |
| 5053 Expression *e; | |
| 5054 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5055 e->type = this; | |
| 5056 return e; | |
| 5057 } | |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5060 { | |
| 5061 return 1; | |
| 5062 } | |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5065 { | |
| 5066 return TRUE; | |
| 5067 } | |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5070 { | |
| 5071 return TRUE; | |
| 5072 } | |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5077 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5078 { | |
| 5079 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5080 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5081 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5082 if (arguments) | |
| 5083 { | |
| 5084 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5085 { | |
| 5086 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5087 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5088 } | |
| 5089 } | |
| 5090 #endif | |
| 5091 } | |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 /**************** | |
| 5094 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5095 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5096 */ | |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5099 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5100 { | |
| 5101 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5102 if (exps) | |
| 5103 { | |
| 5104 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5105 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5106 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5107 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5108 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5109 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5110 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5111 } | |
| 5112 } | |
| 5113 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5114 } | |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5117 { | |
| 5118 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5119 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5120 return t; | |
| 5121 } | |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5124 { | |
| 5125 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5126 if (!deco) | |
| 5127 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5130 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5131 */ | |
| 5132 return this; | |
| 5133 } | |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5136 { Type *t; | |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5139 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5140 if (this == t) | |
| 5141 { | |
| 5142 return 1; | |
| 5143 } | |
| 5144 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5145 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5148 { | |
| 5149 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5150 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5151 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5154 return 0; | |
| 5155 } | |
| 5156 return 1; | |
| 5157 } | |
| 5158 } | |
| 5159 return 0; | |
| 5160 } | |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5163 { | |
| 5164 if (arguments) | |
| 5165 { | |
| 5166 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5167 { | |
| 5168 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5169 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5170 if (t) | |
| 5171 return t; | |
| 5172 } | |
| 5173 } | |
| 5174 return NULL; | |
| 5175 } | |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5178 { | |
| 5179 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5180 } | |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5183 { | |
| 5184 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5185 OutBuffer buf2; | |
| 5186 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments); | |
| 5187 unsigned len = buf2.offset; | |
| 5188 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5189 } | |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5192 { Expression *e; | |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5195 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5196 #endif | |
| 5197 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5198 { | |
| 5199 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5200 } | |
| 5201 else | |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5204 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5205 } | |
| 5206 return e; | |
| 5207 } | |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5212 | |
| 5213 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5214 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5215 { | |
| 5216 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5217 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5218 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5219 } | |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5222 { | |
| 5223 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5224 return t; | |
| 5225 } | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5228 { | |
| 5229 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5230 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5231 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5234 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5235 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5236 return Type::terror; | |
| 5237 } | |
| 5238 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5241 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5242 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5245 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5246 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
5249 { error(loc, "slice [%llu..%llu] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5250 return Type::terror; |
| 5251 } | |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5254 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5255 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5256 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5257 args->push(arg); | |
| 5258 } | |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5261 } | |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5264 { | |
| 5265 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5266 if (*pe) | |
| 5267 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5268 Expression *e; | |
| 5269 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5270 *pe = e; | |
| 5271 } | |
| 5272 else if (*ps) | |
| 5273 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5274 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5275 if (td) | |
| 5276 { | |
| 5277 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5278 */ | |
| 5279 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5280 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5281 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5284 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5285 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5288 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5289 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
5294 { error(loc, "slice [%llu..%llu] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5295 goto Ldefault; |
| 5296 } | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5299 { | |
| 5300 *ps = td; | |
| 5301 return; | |
| 5302 } | |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5305 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5306 */ | |
| 5307 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5308 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5309 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5310 { | |
| 5311 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5312 } | |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5315 *ps = tds; | |
| 5316 } | |
| 5317 else | |
| 5318 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 else | |
| 5321 { | |
| 5322 Ldefault: | |
| 5323 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5324 } | |
| 5325 } | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5328 { | |
| 5329 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5330 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5331 return; | |
| 5332 } | |
| 5333 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5336 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5337 } | |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5342 { | |
| 5343 this->type = type; | |
| 5344 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5345 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5346 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
5347 this->llvmAttrs = 0; |
| 159 | 5348 } |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5351 { | |
| 5352 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5353 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5354 ident, | |
| 5355 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
5356 a->llvmAttrs = llvmAttrs; |
| 159 | 5357 return a; |
| 5358 } | |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5361 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 if (args) | |
| 5364 { | |
| 5365 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5366 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5367 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5368 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5371 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5372 } | |
| 5373 } | |
| 5374 return a; | |
| 5375 } | |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5378 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5383 if (args) | |
| 5384 { int i; | |
| 5385 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5386 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5389 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 if (i) | |
| 5392 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5393 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5394 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5395 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5396 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5397 } | |
| 5398 if (varargs) | |
| 5399 { | |
| 5400 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5401 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5402 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5403 } | |
| 5404 } | |
| 5405 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5408 } | |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5411 { | |
| 5412 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5413 if (arguments) | |
| 5414 { int i; | |
| 5415 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5418 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 if (i) | |
| 5421 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5422 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5423 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5424 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5425 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5426 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5427 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5428 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5429 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5430 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5431 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5432 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5433 { | |
| 5434 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5435 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5436 } | |
| 5437 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5438 } | |
| 5439 if (varargs) | |
| 5440 { | |
| 5441 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5442 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5443 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5444 } | |
| 5445 } | |
| 5446 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5451 { | |
| 5452 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 // Write argument types | |
| 5455 if (arguments) | |
| 5456 { | |
| 5457 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5458 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5459 { | |
| 5460 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
| 5461 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5462 } | |
| 5463 } | |
| 5464 } | |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 /**************************************************** | |
| 5467 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5468 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5469 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5470 */ | |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5473 { | |
| 5474 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5475 { | |
| 5476 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5477 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5478 { | |
| 5479 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5480 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5481 { | |
| 5482 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5483 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5486 { | |
| 5487 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5488 } | |
| 5489 } | |
| 5490 } | |
| 5491 } | |
| 5492 return NULL; | |
| 5493 } | |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5496 { | |
| 5497 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5498 { case 0: | |
| 5499 case STCin: | |
| 5500 break; | |
| 5501 case STCout: | |
| 5502 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5503 break; | |
| 5504 case STCref: | |
| 5505 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5506 break; | |
| 5507 case STClazy: | |
| 5508 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5509 break; | |
| 5510 default: | |
| 5511 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5512 halt(); | |
| 5513 #endif | |
| 5514 assert(0); | |
| 5515 } | |
| 5516 type->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5517 } | |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 /*************************************** | |
| 5520 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5521 */ | |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5524 { | |
| 5525 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5526 if (args) | |
| 5527 { | |
| 5528 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5529 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5530 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5533 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5534 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5535 } | |
| 5536 else | |
| 5537 n++; | |
| 5538 } | |
| 5539 } | |
| 5540 return n; | |
| 5541 } | |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 /*************************************** | |
| 5544 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5545 * Returns: | |
| 5546 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5547 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5548 * of Arguments | |
| 5549 */ | |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5552 { | |
| 5553 if (!args) | |
| 5554 return NULL; | |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5557 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5558 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5559 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5562 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5563 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5564 if (arg) | |
| 5565 return arg; | |
| 5566 } | |
| 5567 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5568 return arg; | |
| 5569 else | |
| 5570 n++; | |
| 5571 } | |
| 5572 | |
| 5573 if (pn) | |
| 5574 *pn += n; | |
| 5575 return NULL; | |
| 5576 } |